2004-05-08 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
e9c75b65
EZ
4@dircategory Programming & development tools.
5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
0f0cffd2 11Copyright 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
e9c75b65 12 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
22@end ifinfo
23
24@setchapternewpage off
25822942 25@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 26
56caf160
EZ
27@syncodeindex fn cp
28@syncodeindex vr cp
29
c906108c 30@titlepage
25822942 31@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
32@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
33@author John Gilmore
34@author Cygnus Solutions
35@author Second Edition:
36@author Stan Shebs
37@author Cygnus Solutions
38@page
39@tex
40\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
41\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
42{\parskip=0pt
43\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
44\hfill \manvers\par
45\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
46}
47@end tex
48
49@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 50Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
0f0cffd2 51 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 52
e9c75b65
EZ
53Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
54under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 55any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
56Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
57Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
58Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
59@end titlepage
60
449f3b6c 61@contents
449f3b6c 62
c906108c
SS
63@node Top
64@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
65@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
66@top Scope of this Document
67
25822942
DB
68This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
69includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
70as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
71
72@menu
73* Requirements::
74* Overall Structure::
75* Algorithms::
76* User Interface::
89437448 77* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
82* Target Vector Definition::
83* Native Debugging::
84* Support Libraries::
85* Coding::
86* Porting GDB::
8973da3a 87* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 88* Testsuite::
c906108c 89* Hints::
aab4e0ec 90
bcd7e15f 91* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 92* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 93* Index::
c906108c
SS
94@end menu
95
96@node Requirements
97
98@chapter Requirements
56caf160 99@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
100
101Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
102requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
103of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
104that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 105
56caf160
EZ
106First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
107front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
108shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
111available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
112programmer.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
115the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
116going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
117to debugger commands.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
120While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 121picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
122programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
123mollify the debugger.
c906108c 124
56caf160
EZ
125@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
126Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
127heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
130available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
131supports.
c906108c
SS
132
133
134@node Overall Structure
135
136@chapter Overall Structure
137
56caf160
EZ
138@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
139symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
140@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 141
2e685b93 142The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
143supporting code.
144
145The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
146interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
147parsing, type and value printing.
148
149The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
150physical target manipulation.
151
152The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
153number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
154elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
155supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
156this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
157should fit together.
158
159@section The Symbol Side
160
56caf160
EZ
161The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
162you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
163For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
164many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
165
166@section The Target Side
167
56caf160
EZ
168The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
169Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
170of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
171available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
172
173Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
174display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 175such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
176relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
177way.
178
179@section Configurations
180
56caf160
EZ
181@cindex host
182@cindex target
25822942 183@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
184@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
185executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
186third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
187
188Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
189Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
190float format.
191
192Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
193dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
194breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
195to call a function.
196
197Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
198is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
199host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
200process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
201registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
202in the native-dependent files.
203
204Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
205are really part of the target environment, but which require
206@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
207file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
208
25822942 209When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
210have to include all three kinds of information.
211
212
213@node Algorithms
214
215@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 216@cindex algorithms
c906108c 217
56caf160
EZ
218@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
219often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
220cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
221algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
222they use.
c906108c
SS
223
224@section Frames
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex frame
227@cindex call stack frame
228A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
229and called functions.
c906108c 230
56caf160
EZ
231@findex create_new_frame
232@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 233@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
234machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
235setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 236
474c8240 237@smallexample
0ba6dca9 238create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 239@end smallexample
c906108c 240
56caf160 241@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
242Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
243is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
244@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
245the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
246@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
247you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
248nonstandard.)
c906108c 249
56caf160 250@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
251Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
252determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
253used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 254@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 255@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
256
257@section Breakpoint Handling
258
56caf160 259@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
260In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
261where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
262that location.
263
264There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
265breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
266
56caf160
EZ
267@cindex hardware breakpoints
268@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
269Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
270features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
271register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 272(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 273ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
274exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
275
276Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
277include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
278processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
279address.
280
281A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
282breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
283software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
284breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 285@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 286for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
287
288Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 289limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 290start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 291notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
292whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
293breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
294an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
295
296@cindex software breakpoints
297Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
298The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
299instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
300that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
301@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
302user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
303instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
304
305Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 306must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 307can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 308although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
309
310Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
311instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
312target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
313breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
314larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
315targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
316instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
317set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
318although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
319instruction.
320
56caf160 321@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
322The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
323@code{BREAKPOINT}.
324
325Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
326much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
327
328@section Single Stepping
329
330@section Signal Handling
331
332@section Thread Handling
333
334@section Inferior Function Calls
335
336@section Longjmp Support
337
56caf160 338@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 339@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
340@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
341stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
342which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
343command.
c906108c 344
56caf160 345@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
346To make this work, you need to define a macro called
347@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
348structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
349is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 350@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
351@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
352
9742079a
EZ
353@section Watchpoints
354@cindex watchpoints
355
356Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
357breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
358instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
359your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
360hunt down and kill such bugs.
361
362@cindex hardware watchpoints
363@cindex software watchpoints
364Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
365known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
366hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
367software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
368will use software watchpoints are:
369
370@itemize @bullet
371@item
372The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
373watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
374to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
375more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
376watchpoints.
377
378@item
379The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
380registers (as opposed to memory).
381
382@item
383Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
384this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
385resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
386breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
387breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
388
389@item
390No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
391implementation.
392@end itemize
393
394Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
395single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
396watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
397section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
398
399@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
400watchpoints:
401
402@table @code
403@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
404@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
405If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
406
407@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
408@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
409Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
410possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
411of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
412not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
413number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
414is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
415are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
416the same time).
417
418@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
419@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
420Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
421whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
422
423@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
424@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
425Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
426whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
427fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
428defined.
429
430@findex TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
431@item TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
432Disables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
433used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
434the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
435on that platform.
436
437@findex TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
438@item TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
439Enables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
440used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
441the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
442on that platform.
443
9742079a
EZ
444@findex target_insert_watchpoint
445@findex target_remove_watchpoint
446@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
447@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
448Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
449@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
450possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
451defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
452
474c8240 453@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
454 enum target_hw_bp_type
455 @{
456 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
457 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
458 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
459 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
460 @};
474c8240 461@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
462
463@noindent
464These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
465
466@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
467@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
468@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
469@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
470@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
471Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
472Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
473real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
474is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
475no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
476two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
477
478@findex target_stopped_data_address
479@item target_stopped_data_address ()
480If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, return the address
481associated with that watchpoint. Otherwise, return zero.
482
9742079a
EZ
483@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
484@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
485If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
486watchpoint to step over it.
487
488@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
489@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
490If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
491watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
492
493@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
494@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
495If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
496inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
497
498@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
499@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
500If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
501watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
502
503@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
504@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
505Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
506the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
507@end table
508
509@subsection x86 Watchpoints
510@cindex x86 debug registers
511@cindex watchpoints, on x86
512
513The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
514registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
515generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
516support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
517subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
518
519To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
520following:
521
522@itemize @bullet
523@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
524@item
525Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
526target-dependent headers.
527
528@item
529Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
530defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
531
532@item
533Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
534@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
535@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
536
537@item
538Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
539below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
540which does the real work.
541@end itemize
542
543The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
544debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
545real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
546provide:
547
548@table @code
549@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
550@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
551Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
552
553@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
554@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
555Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
556
557@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
558@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
559Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
560number @var{idx}.
561
562@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
563@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
564Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
565used immediately after it is returned by
566@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
567register values.
568@end table
569
570For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
571that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
572to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
573allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
574expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
575wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
576maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
577anything to use this feature.
578
579The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
580bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
581be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
582region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
583@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
584bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
585a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
586region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
587
588The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
589@value{GDBN}'s application code:
590
591@table @code
592@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
593@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
594The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
595this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
596watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
597less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
598processors.
599
600@findex i386_stopped_data_address
601@item i386_stopped_data_address (void)
602The macros @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
603@code{target_stopped_data_address} are set to call this function. The
604argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
605function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
606Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
607macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
608set in DR6.
609
610@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
611@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
612@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
613@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
614Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
615@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
616are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
617looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
618region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
619reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
620register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
621the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
622value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
623register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
624and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
625inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
626@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
627required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
628each debug register.
629
630@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
631in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
632length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
633values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
634@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
635watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
636decrements the reference count, and only calls
637@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
638the count goes to zero.
639
640@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
641@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
642@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
643@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
644These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
645macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
646@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
647These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
648@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
649the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
650hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
651register.
652
653@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
654@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
655This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
656hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
657@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't return the
658address whose watchpoint triggered.
659
660@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
661@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
662This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
663bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
664the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
665@end table
666
667@noindent
668@strong{Notes:}
669@enumerate 1
670@item
671x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
672However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
673@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
674watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
675on x86.
676
677@item
678x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
679only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
680there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
681whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
682current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
683always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
684watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
685unavailable in many platforms.
686@end enumerate
687
bcd7e15f
JB
688@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
689@cindex observer pattern interface
690@cindex notifications about changes in internals
691
692In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
693some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
694modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
695hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
696versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
697@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
698a strong limitation.
699
700A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
701Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
702a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
703previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
704easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
705interface when adding new notifications.
706
707See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
708currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
709implementation is also briefly discussed.
710
c906108c
SS
711@node User Interface
712
713@chapter User Interface
714
25822942 715@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
716is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
717
718@section Command Interpreter
719
56caf160 720@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 721@cindex CLI
25822942 722The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
723allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
724has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
725a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
726
56caf160
EZ
727For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
728@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
729to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
730
56caf160
EZ
731@findex add_cmd
732@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
733To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
734the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 735place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 736the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 737
40dd2248
TT
738@findex add_setshow_cmd
739@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
740To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
741@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
742a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
743further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
744the new command structures for manipulation.
745
56caf160
EZ
746@cindex deprecating commands
747@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
748Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
749deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
750aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
751@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
752return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
753command immediately after it is created.
754
c72e7388 755The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
756replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
757@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
758entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 759
0ee54786
EZ
760@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
761@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
762@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
763
764@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
765The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
766@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
767interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
768from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
769every UI, to produce output.
770
771@subsection Overview and Terminology
772
773In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
774of output, and can even generate an input request.
775
776Output can be generated for the following purposes:
777
778@itemize @bullet
779@item
780to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
781
782@item
783to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
784operation;
785
786@item
787to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
788progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
789
790@item
791to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
792
793@item
794to show @emph{debug data};
795
796@item
797to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
798@end itemize
799
800@noindent
801This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
802although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
803
804Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
805involves one or more of the following:
806
807@itemize @bullet
808@item
809output of the actual data
810
811@item
812formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
813easily readable by humans
814
815@item
816machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
817parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
818
819@item
c72e7388
AC
820annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
821parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
822@end itemize
823
824The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
825Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
826of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
827deprecated.
828
c72e7388
AC
829Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
830a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
831non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
832header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 833
c72e7388
AC
834@table @code
835@item <table> @expansion{}
836@code{<header> <body>}
837@item <header> @expansion{}
838@code{@{ <column> @}}
839@item <column> @expansion{}
840@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
841@item <body> @expansion{}
842@code{@{<row>@}}
843@end table
0ee54786
EZ
844
845
846@subsection General Conventions
847
c72e7388
AC
848Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
849@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
850object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 851
c72e7388
AC
852The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
853to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 854
c72e7388
AC
855The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
856When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
857sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
858format.
859
c72e7388
AC
860When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
861call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
862
863
c72e7388 864@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
865
866@cindex list output functions
867@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
868@cindex tuple output functions
869This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
870tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
871(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 872
c72e7388
AC
873To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
874containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
875fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 876
c72e7388
AC
877Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
878rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
879even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
880
881@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
882Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
883maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
884
885The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
886
474c8240 887@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
888 ui_out_table_begin
889 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 890 @dots{}
0ee54786 891 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 892 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 893 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
894 @dots{}
895 ui_out_tuple_end
896 @dots{}
0ee54786 897 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 898@end smallexample
0ee54786 899
c72e7388 900Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
901functions:
902
c72e7388
AC
903@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
904The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
905of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
906function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
907the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
908@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
909pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
910@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
911was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
912
913The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
914the end of the table's output.
915@end deftypefun
916
c72e7388
AC
917@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
918@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
919table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
920column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
921@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
922
923The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
924value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
925@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
926center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
927specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
928column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
929call.
0ee54786
EZ
930@end deftypefun
931
932@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 933This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
934@end deftypefun
935
936@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
937This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
938after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
939functions.
0ee54786
EZ
940
941There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
942call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
943will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
944@end deftypefun
945
c72e7388 946The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 947call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
948@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
949@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
950calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
951
c72e7388
AC
952@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
953This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
954to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
955implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
956after the call.
957@end deftypefun
958
959@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
960This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
961one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
962@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
963be signaled.
964@end deftypefun
965
966@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
967This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
968(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
969and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 970cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
971@smallexample
972struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
973ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
974old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
975 uiout);
976@end smallexample
977@end deftypefun
978
979@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
980This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
981an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
982implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
983after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
984@end deftypefun
985
986@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
987This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
988one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
989@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
990be signaled.
991@end deftypefun
992
993@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
994Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
995opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
996that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
997@end deftypefun
998
999@subsection Item Output Functions
1000
1001@cindex item output functions
1002@cindex field output functions
1003@cindex data output
1004The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1005items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1006
1007Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1008
1009@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1010This is the most general output function. It produces the
1011representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1012according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1013@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1014supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1015supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1016
1017This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1018use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1019@end deftypefun
1020
c72e7388 1021@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1022This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1023@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1024the name of the field.
1025@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1026
1027@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1028This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1029@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1030@var{fldname} specifies
1031the name of the field.
1032@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1033
c72e7388 1034@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1035This function outputs an address.
1036@end deftypefun
1037
c72e7388 1038@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1039This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1040specification.
1041@end deftypefun
1042
1043Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1044functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1045@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1046the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1047used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1048of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1049@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1050you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1051@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1052@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1053and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1054constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1055you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1056@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1057
1058@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1059This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1060same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1061passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1062@code{ui_stream} object.
1063@end deftypefun
1064
1065@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1066This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1067@var{streambuf}.
1068@end deftypefun
1069
c72e7388 1070@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1071This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1072@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1073@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1074@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1075the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1076@end deftypefun
1077
1078@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1079out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1080@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1081cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1082skeleton code to do that:
1083
1084@smallexample
1085 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1086 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1087 ...
1088 do_cleanups (old);
1089@end smallexample
1090
1091If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1092of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1093
1094@smallexample
1095 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1096 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1097@end smallexample
1098
1099Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1100@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1101same buffer twice.
1102
1103@subsection Utility Output Functions
1104
c72e7388 1105@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1106This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1107an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1108@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1109@end deftypefun
1110
c72e7388 1111@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1112This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1113easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1114this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1115from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1116
1117Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1118the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1119to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1120string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1121output short messages.
1122@end deftypefun
1123
1124@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1125This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1126text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1127list.
1128@end deftypefun
1129
c72e7388 1130@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1131This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1132verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1133current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1134verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1135setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1136as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1137argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1138@end deftypefun
1139
1140@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1141This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1142of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1143output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1144be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1145accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1146explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1147@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1148@end deftypefun
1149
1150@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1151This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1152the UI buffers output.
1153@end deftypefun
1154
1155
1156@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1157
1158@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1159@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1160This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1161functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1162@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1163@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1164
1165This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1166produce a table.
1167
1168The original code was:
1169
474c8240 1170@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1171 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1172 @{
1173 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1174
1175 annotate_field (0);
1176 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1177 annotate_field (1);
1178 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1179 annotate_field (2);
1180 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1181 annotate_field (3);
1182 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1183 if (addressprint)
1184 @{
1185 annotate_field (4);
1186 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1187 @}
1188 annotate_field (5);
1189 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1190
1191 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1192 @}
474c8240 1193@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1194
1195Here's the new version:
1196
474c8240 1197@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1198 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1199
1200 if (addressprint)
1201 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1202 else
1203 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1204
1205 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1206 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1207 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1208 annotate_field (0);
1209 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1210 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1211 annotate_field (1);
1212 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1213 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1214 annotate_field (2);
1215 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1216 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1217 annotate_field (3);
1218 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1219 if (addressprint)
1220 @{
1221 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1222 annotate_field (4);
1223 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1224 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1225 else
c72e7388
AC
1226 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1227 @}
1228 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1229 annotate_field (5);
1230 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1231 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1232 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1233 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1234@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1235
1236This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1237to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1238in the above example. The original code was:
1239
474c8240 1240@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1241 annotate_record ();
1242 annotate_field (0);
1243 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1244 annotate_field (1);
1245 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1246 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1247 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1248 (int)b->type);
1249 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1250 annotate_field (2);
1251 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1252 annotate_field (3);
1253 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1254 @dots{}
474c8240 1255@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1256
1257This is the new version:
1258
474c8240 1259@smallexample
0ee54786 1260 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1261 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1262 annotate_field (0);
1263 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1264 annotate_field (1);
1265 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1266 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1267 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1268 (int) b->type);
1269 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1270 annotate_field (2);
1271 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1272 annotate_field (3);
1273 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1274 @dots{}
474c8240 1275@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1276
1277This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1278produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1279functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1280automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1281
474c8240 1282@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1283 annotate_field (5);
1284 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1285@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1286
1287The new version is:
1288
474c8240 1289@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1290 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1291 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1292 ...
1293 annotate_field (5);
1294 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1295 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1296@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1297
1298This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1299@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1300was:
1301
474c8240 1302@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1303 annotate_field (5);
1304 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1305 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1306 else
1307 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1308@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1309
1310It became:
1311
474c8240 1312@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1313 annotate_field (5);
1314 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1315 @{
1316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1317 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1318 @}
1319 else
1320 @{
1321 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1322 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1323 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1324 @}
474c8240 1325@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1326
1327The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1328use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1329code was:
1330
474c8240 1331@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1332 annotate_field (5);
1333 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1334 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1335@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1336
1337It became:
1338
474c8240 1339@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1340 annotate_field (5);
1341 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1342 @{
1343 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1344 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1345 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1346 @}
474c8240 1347@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1348
1349Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1350code was:
1351
474c8240 1352@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1353 annotate_field (5);
1354 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1355 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1356@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1357
1358It became:
1359
474c8240 1360@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1361 annotate_field (5);
1362 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1363 @{
1364 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1365 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1366 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1367 @}
474c8240 1368@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1369
1370Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1371
474c8240 1372@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1373 annotate_field (4);
1374 printf_filtered ("%s ",
1375 local_hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, "08l"));
474c8240 1376@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1377
1378It became:
1379
474c8240 1380@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1381 annotate_field (4);
1382 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1383@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1384
1385
c906108c
SS
1386@section Console Printing
1387
1388@section TUI
1389
89437448 1390@node libgdb
c906108c 1391
89437448
AC
1392@chapter libgdb
1393
1394@section libgdb 1.0
1395@cindex @code{libgdb}
1396@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1397to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1398
1399@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1400@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1401@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1402better able to support graphical and other environments.
1403
1404Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1405evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1406
1407@itemize @bullet
1408@item
1409Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1410@item
1411Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1412@item
1413Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1414@item
1415Library - @file{gdb.h}
1416@end itemize
1417
1418The model that ties these components together is described below.
1419
1420@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1421
1422A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1423
1424@itemize @bullet
1425@item
1426As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1427@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1428state, etc).
1429@item
1430As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1431obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1432@end itemize
1433
1434Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting
1435the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1436controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1437@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1438before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1439
1440@section CLI support
1441
1442At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1443@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1444their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1445requirements.
1446
1447It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1448(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1449out the theory:
1450
1451@itemize @bullet
1452@item
1453The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1454@item
1455The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1456versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1457@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1458@item
1459The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1460used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1461@end itemize
1462
1463When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1464along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1465the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1466through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1467At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1468virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1469
1470The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1471@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1472client's custom builder).
1473
1474@section @code{libgdb} components
1475
1476@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1477@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1478be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1479observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1480the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1481finished the current command.
1482
1483@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1484@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1485create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1486when doing any queries.
1487
1488@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1489@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1490@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1491loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1492implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1493
1494The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1495@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1496instead of returning.
1497
1498@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1499@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1500the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1501builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1502before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1503
1504@node Symbol Handling
1505
1506@chapter Symbol Handling
1507
25822942 1508Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1509functions, and types.
1510
1511@section Symbol Reading
1512
56caf160
EZ
1513@cindex symbol reading
1514@cindex reading of symbols
1515@cindex symbol files
1516@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1517file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1518debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1519symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1520more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1521reading symbols from shared libraries.
1522
1523@findex find_sym_fns
1524Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1525the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1526of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1527this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1528
1529@findex add_symtab_fns
1530@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1531@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1532Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1533@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1534to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1535name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1536and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1537times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1538prefix.
1539
1540The functions supplied by each module are:
1541
1542@table @code
1543@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1544
56caf160 1545@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1546Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1547symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1548resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1549read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1550might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1551whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1552
1553The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1554@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1555new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1556and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1557information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1558in the @code{private} field.
1559
1560There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1561@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1562
1563@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1564
1565Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1566This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1567state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1568@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1569arguments and no result. It may be called after
1570@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1571may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1572
1573@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1574
1575Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1576symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1577
56caf160 1578@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1579@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1580the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1581address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
1582table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library
1583or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1584@end table
1585
1586In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1587@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1588to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1589from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1590
1591@table @code
1592@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1593
56caf160 1594Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1595the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1596pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1597symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1598@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1599zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1600@end table
1601
1602@section Partial Symbol Tables
1603
56caf160 1604@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1605
1606@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1607@cindex full symbol table
1608@cindex symtabs
1609@item
1610Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1611information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1612
56caf160
EZ
1613@cindex psymtabs
1614@item
1615Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1616information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1617symbol table.
1618
56caf160
EZ
1619@cindex minimal symbol table
1620@cindex minsymtabs
1621@item
1622Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1623gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1624@end itemize
1625
56caf160 1626@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1627This section describes partial symbol tables.
1628
1629A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1630file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1631extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1632need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1633information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1634quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1635pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1636the user.
1637@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1638
1639The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1640visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1641that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1642types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1643
1644The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1645full symbol table would represent.
1646
56caf160
EZ
1647@cindex finding a symbol
1648@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1649The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1650code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1651
1652@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1653@findex find_pc_function
1654@findex find_pc_line
1655@item
1656By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a
1657function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1658range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1659@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1660@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1661
56caf160
EZ
1662@cindex lookup_symbol
1663@item
1664By its name
c906108c
SS
1665(e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
1666function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1667psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1668have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1669case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1670qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1671local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1672does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1673@end itemize
1674
1675The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1676at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1677while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1678psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1679them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1680either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1681name.
1682
56caf160
EZ
1683It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1684been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1685in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1686all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1687ranges.
c906108c 1688
56caf160 1689The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1690thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1691be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1692bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1693and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1694on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1695unless you want to do a lot more work.
1696
1697@section Types
1698
56caf160 1699@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1700
56caf160 1701@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1702These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1703types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1704into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1705that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1706knows about.
c906108c 1707
56caf160 1708@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1709
56caf160
EZ
1710@cindex type codes
1711Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1712of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1713@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1714which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1715types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1716other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1717or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1718
56caf160 1719@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1720
1721These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1722fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1723use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1724eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1725initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1726@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1727an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1728@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1729only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1730@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1731some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1732
1733@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1734@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1735
1736@subsection a.out
1737
56caf160
EZ
1738@cindex @code{a.out} format
1739The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1740consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1741which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1742respectively.
c906108c 1743
56caf160 1744The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1745place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1746@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1747format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1748symbols with distinctive attributes.
1749
56caf160 1750The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1751
1752@subsection COFF
1753
56caf160 1754@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1755The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1756COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1757number of sections is limited.
1758
1759The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1760was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1761instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1762included file.
1763
1764The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1765
1766@subsection ECOFF
1767
56caf160 1768@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1769ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1770workstations.
1771
1772The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1773
1774@subsection XCOFF
1775
56caf160 1776@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1777The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1778The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1779symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1780@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1781information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1782
1783The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1784shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1785refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1786relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1787using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1788been run (or the core file has been read).
1789
1790@subsection PE
1791
56caf160
EZ
1792@cindex PE-COFF format
1793Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1794executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1795
25822942 1796While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1797COFF reader.
1798
1799@subsection ELF
1800
56caf160 1801@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1802The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1803to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1804many of COFF's limitations.
1805
1806The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1807
1808@subsection SOM
1809
56caf160 1810@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1811SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1812SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1813
1814The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1815
1816@subsection Other File Formats
1817
56caf160 1818@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1819Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1820Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1821
1822@section Debugging File Formats
1823
1824This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1825are independent of the object file format.
1826
1827@subsection stabs
1828
56caf160 1829@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1830@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1831format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1832formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1833
1834While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1835including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1836the real work.
1837
1838@subsection COFF
1839
56caf160 1840@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1841The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1842of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1843
1844@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1847ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1848
1849The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1850
1851@subsection DWARF 1
1852
56caf160 1853@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1854DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1855used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1856
c906108c
SS
1857@c GCC_PRODUCER
1858@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1859@c LCC_PRODUCER
1860@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1861@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1862
1863The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1864
1865@subsection DWARF 2
1866
56caf160 1867@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1868DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1869
1870The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1871
1872@subsection SOM
1873
56caf160 1874@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1875Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1876
25822942 1877@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1878
56caf160
EZ
1879@cindex adding debugging info reader
1880If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1881there is probably little to be done.
1882
1883If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1884BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1885
1886You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1887debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1888from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1889information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1890internal data structures.
1891
1892For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1893to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1894platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1895will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1896directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1897@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1898
1899
1900@node Language Support
1901
1902@chapter Language Support
1903
56caf160
EZ
1904@cindex language support
1905@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1906although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1907manually.
c906108c 1908
56caf160
EZ
1909@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1910of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1911means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1912identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1913
25822942 1914@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1915
56caf160
EZ
1916@cindex adding source language
1917To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1918following steps:
c906108c
SS
1919
1920@table @emph
1921@item Create the expression parser.
1922
56caf160 1923@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1924This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1925building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1926@file{parse.c}.
1927
56caf160 1928@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1929Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1930parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1931@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1932various parsers from defining the same global names:
1933
474c8240 1934@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1935#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1936#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1937#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1938#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1939#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1940#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
1941#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
1942#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
1943#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
1944#define yydef @var{lang}_def
1945#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
1946#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
1947#define yyact @var{lang}_act
1948#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
1949#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
1950#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 1951@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
1952
1953At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
1954initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
1955@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 1956@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
1957that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
1958and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
1959@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
1960language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
1961for more information.
1962
1963@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
1964
56caf160
EZ
1965@cindex expression evaluation routines
1966@findex evaluate_subexp
1967@findex prefixify_subexp
1968@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
1969If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
1970add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
1971code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
1972defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 1973for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 1974@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
1975the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
1976
1977@item Update some existing code
1978
1979Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
1980@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
1981
1982Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
1983These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
1984are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
1985statement, an error is reported.
1986
56caf160 1987@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
1988Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
1989@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
1990@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
1991string.
1992
56caf160 1993@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
1994Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
1995language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 1996dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 1997
56caf160 1998@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
1999Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2000code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2001This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2002Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2003file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2004information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2005code.
2006
56caf160
EZ
2007@findex print_subexp
2008@findex op_print_tab
2009Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2010expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2011printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2012
2013@item Add a place of call
2014
56caf160 2015@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2016Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2017@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2018
2019@item Use macros to trim code
2020
56caf160 2021@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2022The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2023languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2024@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2025macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2026leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2027using your language.
2028
25822942 2029Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2030is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2031compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2032
56caf160
EZ
2033See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2034for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2035
2036@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2037
2038Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2039variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2040not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2041distribution!
c906108c
SS
2042@end table
2043
2044
2045@node Host Definition
2046
2047@chapter Host Definition
2048
56caf160 2049With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2050definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2051mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@section Adding a New Host
2054
56caf160
EZ
2055@cindex adding a new host
2056@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2057@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2058New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2059@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2060below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2061eventually disappear.
c906108c 2062
c906108c 2063@table @file
c906108c 2064@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2065This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2066(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2067configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2068
2069Host configuration information included a definition of
2070@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2071@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2072@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2073
7fd60527
AC
2074New host only configurations do not need this file.
2075
c906108c 2076@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2077This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2078gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2079handled by Autoconf.
2080
2081New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2082
2083@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2084file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2085@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2086also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2087
c906108c
SS
2088@end table
2089
2090@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2091
56caf160 2092@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2093There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2094various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2095defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2096the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2097@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2098
2099Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2100to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2101Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2102into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2103
2104@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2105@cindex remote debugging support
2106@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2107@item ser-unix.c
2108This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2109included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2110variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2111
2112@item ser-go32.c
2113This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2114using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2115
56caf160 2116@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2117@item ser-tcp.c
2118This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2119@end table
2120
2121@section Host Conditionals
2122
56caf160
EZ
2123When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2124defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2125attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2126the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2127they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2128
56caf160 2129@ftable @code
25822942 2130@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2131The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2132@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2133
cce74817
JM
2134@item NO_STD_REGS
2135This macro is deprecated.
2136
c906108c
SS
2137@item NO_SYS_FILE
2138Define this if your system does not have a @code{<sys/file.h>}.
2139
2140@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2141If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2142of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2143
2144@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2145Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2146the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2147
2148@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2149@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2150Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2151@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2152@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2153on several different types of systems.
2154
2155@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2156@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2157Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2158line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2159characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2160which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2161mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2162
2163@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2164@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2165The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2166
2167@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2168@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2169The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2170
2171@item FCLOSE_PROVIDED
2172Define this if the system declares @code{fclose} in the headers included
2173in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually
2174anal.
2175
2176@item FOPEN_RB
2177Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2178
2179@item GETENV_PROVIDED
2180Define this if the system declares @code{getenv} in its headers included
56caf160 2181in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually
c906108c
SS
2182anal.
2183
2184@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2185@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2186In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2187tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2188
c906108c
SS
2189@item HAVE_TERMIO
2190Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2191
c906108c 2192@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2193@itemx INT_MIN
2194@itemx LONG_MAX
2195@itemx UINT_MAX
2196@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2197Values for host-side constants.
2198
2199@item ISATTY
2200Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2201
2202@item LONGEST
2203This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2204it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2205@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2206
2207@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2208@cindex @code{long long} data type
2209Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2210by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2211
2212@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2213Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2214the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2215@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2216
2217@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2218Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2219set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2220
2221@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2222Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2223numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2224set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2225
2226@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2227Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2228float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2229@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2230
2231@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2232Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2233@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2234is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2235
2236@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2237This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2238@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2239which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2240
c906108c
SS
2241@item NORETURN
2242If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2243that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2244indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2245if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2246
2247@item ATTR_NORETURN
2248If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2249@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2250of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2251set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2252defined.
2253
c906108c 2254@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2255@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2256Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2257defined.
2258
2259@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2260This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2261@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c
SS
2262
2263@item USE_O_NOCTTY
56caf160 2264Define this if the interior's tty should be opened with the @code{O_NOCTTY}
c906108c
SS
2265flag. (FIXME: This should be a native-only flag, but @file{inflow.c} is
2266always linked in.)
2267
2268@item USG
2269Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2270This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2271@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2272
2273@item lint
56caf160 2274Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2275
2276@item volatile
2277Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2278@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2279@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2280
2281
2282@node Target Architecture Definition
2283
2284@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2285
56caf160
EZ
2286@cindex target architecture definition
2287@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2288machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2289with them.
c906108c 2290
af6c57ea
AC
2291The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2292@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2293using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2294
70f80edf
JT
2295@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2296@cindex OS ABI variants
2297
2298@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2299ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2300variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2301components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2302
2303A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2304(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2305OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2306to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2307considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2308overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2309architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2310different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2311OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2312examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2313sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2314
2315@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2316A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2317selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2318for each BFD architecture.
2319
2320The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2321
2322@table @code
2323
2324@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2325@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2326The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2327settings for the architecture will be used.
2328
2329@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2330@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2331UNIX System V Release 4
2332
2333@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2334@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2335GNU using the Hurd kernel
2336
2337@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2338@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2339Sun Solaris
2340
2341@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2342@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2343OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2344
2345@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2346@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2347GNU using the Linux kernel
2348
2349@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2350@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2351FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2352
2353@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2354@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2355FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2356
2357@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2358@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2359NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2360
2361@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2362@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2363NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2364
2365@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2366@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2367Windows CE
2368
1029b7fa
MK
2369@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2370@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2371DJGPP
2372
2373@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2374@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2375Novell NetWare
2376
70f80edf
JT
2377@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2378@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2379ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2380
2381@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2382@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2383ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2384
2385@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2386@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2387Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2388
2389@end table
2390
2391Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2392
2393@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2394Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2395@end deftypefun
2396
c133ab7a 2397@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2398Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2399architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2400@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2401machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2402will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2403@end deftypefun
2404
2405@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2406Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2407BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2408If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2409be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2410any architecture.
2411@end deftypefun
2412
2413@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2414Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2415The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2416be determined.
2417@end deftypefun
2418
2419@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2420Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2421@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2422corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2423architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2424with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2425@end deftypefun
2426
c906108c
SS
2427@section Registers and Memory
2428
56caf160
EZ
2429@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2430@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2431block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2432
56caf160
EZ
2433@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2434compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2435that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2436to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2437and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2438
25822942 2439@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2440
93e79dbd
JB
2441@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2442@cindex pointer representation
2443@cindex address representation
2444@cindex word-addressed machines
2445@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2446@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2447@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2448@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2449@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2450@cindex D10V addresses
2451
2452On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2453indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2454whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2455machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2456However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2457address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2458identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2459
172c2a43 2460For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2461instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2462actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2463jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2464full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2465If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2466then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2467However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2468low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2469zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2470the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2471refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2472code space.
2473
2474However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2475forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2476@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2477@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2478
2479(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2480affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2481going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2482
56caf160
EZ
2483To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2484one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2485byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2486of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2487@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2488@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2489@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2490and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2491
2492Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2493processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2494each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2495distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2496clean up some architecture-independent code.
2497
2498Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2499
2500@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2501Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2502@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2503appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2504@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2505@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2506inferior's.
2507
2508For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2509extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2510@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2511D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2512@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2513
2514If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2515will signal an internal error.
2516@end deftypefun
2517
2518@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2519Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2520pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2521@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2522inferior's.
2523
2524For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2525stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2526appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2527is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2528a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2529
2530If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2531will signal an internal error.
2532@end deftypefun
2533
f23631e4 2534@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2535Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2536as appropriate for the current architecture.
2537
2538This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2539For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2540described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2541@end deftypefun
2542
2543@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2544Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2545the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2546This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2547above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2548@end deftypefun
2549
93e79dbd
JB
2550Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2551relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2552definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2553simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2554
2555@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2556Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2557appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2558address the pointer refers to.
2559
2560This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2561C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2562@end deftypefn
2563
2564@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2565Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2566@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2567
2568This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2569C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2570@end deftypefn
2571
b5b0480a
KB
2572@section Address Classes
2573@cindex address classes
2574@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2575@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2576
2577Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2578via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2579define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2580distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2581info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2582address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2583following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2584types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2585a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2586
2587@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2588Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2589is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2590This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2591@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2592@end deftypefn
2593
2594@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2595Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2596its name.
2597@end deftypefn
2598@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2599Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2600for that address class qualifier.
2601@end deftypefn
2602
2603Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2604the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2605macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2606
2607Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
260832-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2609suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2610uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2611of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2612to implement the address class macros:
2613
2614@smallexample
2615somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2616 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2617@{
b5b0480a
KB
2618 if (byte_size == 2)
2619 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2620 else
2621 return 0;
f2abfe65 2622@}
b5b0480a
KB
2623
2624static char *
2625somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2626@{
b5b0480a
KB
2627 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2628 return "short";
2629 else
2630 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2631@}
b5b0480a
KB
2632
2633int
2634somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2635 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2636@{
b5b0480a 2637 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2638 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2639 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2640 return 1;
f2abfe65 2641 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2642 else
2643 return 0;
f2abfe65 2644@}
b5b0480a
KB
2645@end smallexample
2646
2647The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2648to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2649the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2650short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2651
2652@smallexample
2653(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2654type = int * @@short
2655@end smallexample
2656
93e79dbd 2657
13d01224
AC
2658@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2659@cindex raw register representation
2660@cindex virtual register representation
2661@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2662
2663@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2664functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2665pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2666Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2667Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2668Bug Tracking Database} and
2669@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2670up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2671
9fb4dd36
JB
2672Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2673register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2674In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2675the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2676used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2677
13d01224
AC
2678@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2679both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2680register forms.}
2681
9fb4dd36
JB
2682For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2683raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2684However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2685
2686@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2687@item
56caf160 2688The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2689we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2690floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2691are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2692allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2693type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2694arrangement is the virtual representation.
2695
2696@item
25822942
DB
2697Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2698registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2699bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2700raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2701virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2702@end itemize
2703
2704In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2705@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2706can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2707@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2708@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2709
56caf160
EZ
2710Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2711conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2712
2713@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2714Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2715and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2716
2717You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2718unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2719@end deftypefn
2720
12c266ea 2721@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2722The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2723of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2724remote protocol packet.
2725@end deftypefn
2726
f30992d4 2727@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2728The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2729This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2730register's value.
2731@end deftypefn
2732
2e092625 2733@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2734This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2735@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2736register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2737always uses the virtual form.
2738@end deftypefn
2739
2740@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2741Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2742should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2743at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2744convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2745
6f6ef15a
EZ
2746Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2747@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2748arguments in different orders.
2749
2750You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2751for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2752value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2753@end deftypefn
2754
2755@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2756Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2757should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2758at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2759convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2760
2761Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2762their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2763@end deftypefn
2764
2765
13d01224
AC
2766@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2767@cindex register representation
2768@cindex memory representation
2769@cindex representations, register and memory
2770@cindex register data formats, converting
2771@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2772
2773@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2774significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2775section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2776@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2777@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2778further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2779
2780Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2781form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2782For example:
2783
2784@itemize @bullet
2785
2786@item
2787The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2788floating-point registers.
2789
2790@item
2791The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2792@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2793when stored in a register.
2794
2795@end itemize
2796
2797In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2798the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2799the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2800Interface.
2801
2802For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2803representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2804However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2805following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2806representations of a data type:
2807
2808@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2809Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2810register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2811when stored in memory.
2812
2813When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2814@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2815@end deftypefn
2816
2817@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2818Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2819@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2820format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2821
2822Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2823their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2824
2825You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2826the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2827@end deftypefn
2828
2829@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2830Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2831raw format.
2832
2833Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2834their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2835
2836You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2837the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2838@end deftypefn
2839
2840@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2841See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2842@end deftypefn
2843
2844
c906108c
SS
2845@section Frame Interpretation
2846
2847@section Inferior Call Setup
2848
2849@section Compiler Characteristics
2850
2851@section Target Conditionals
2852
2853This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2854machine.
2855
2856@table @code
2857
c906108c 2858@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2859@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2860If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2861really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2862expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2863addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2864
2865For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
28662.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2867instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2868boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2869address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2870bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2871
b5b0480a
KB
2872@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2873@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2874If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2875referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2876and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2877return 0.
2878
2879The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2880@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2881possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2882@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2883
2884@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2885@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2886Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2887has been defined.
2888
2889@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2890@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2891Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2892the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2893used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2894returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2895@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2896values or'd together.
2897@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2898
2899@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2900@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2901Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2902been defined.
2903
2904@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2905@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2906Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2907flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2908
2909@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2910@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2911Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2912been defined.
2913@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2914
93e79dbd 2915@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2916@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2917Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2918@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2919This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2920C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2921@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2922
c906108c 2923@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2924@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2925Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2926parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2927original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 2928
c906108c 2929@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2930@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2931Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2932endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2933are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2934
2935@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2936@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2937This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2938memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2939instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2940pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2941longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2942
56caf160
EZ
2943@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2944@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2945
c906108c 2946@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
2947@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2948@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2949@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2950Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
2951
56caf160
EZ
2952@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2953favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2954
2dd0da42
AC
2955@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2956@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2957@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2958@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2959@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2960@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2961Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
2962@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
2963@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
2964@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2965favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 2966
56caf160
EZ
2967@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
2968@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
2969@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
2970contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
2971a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2972length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
2973counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
2974breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
2975
2976Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
2977not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
2978instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
2979instruction of the architecture.
2980
7a292a7a
SS
2981Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
2982
56caf160
EZ
2983@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2984@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2985@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
2986@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
2987Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
2988(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
2989@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
2990provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
2991architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 2992@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
2993likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
2994conventional manner.
2995
2996It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
2997custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 2998@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
2999reason.
3000
1485d690
KB
3001@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3002@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3003@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3004Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3005address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3006breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3007
3008The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3009The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3010instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3011instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3012one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3013in parallel.
3014
3015In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3016from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3017information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3018refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3019if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3020statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3021instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3022(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3023in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3024at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3025
3026The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3027breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3028the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3029
3030Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3031expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3032is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3033
c906108c 3034@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3035@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3036See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3037
7043d8dc
AC
3038This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3039(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3040
56caf160
EZ
3041@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3042@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3043A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3044from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3045@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3046
56caf160
EZ
3047@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3048@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3049A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3050written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3051status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3052@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c
SS
3053
3054@item DO_DEFERRED_STORES
a5d7c491 3055@itemx CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES
56caf160
EZ
3056@findex CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES
3057@findex DO_DEFERRED_STORES
c906108c
SS
3058Define this to execute any deferred stores of registers into the inferior,
3059and to cancel any deferred stores.
3060
3061Currently only implemented correctly for native Sparc configurations?
3062
13d01224
AC
3063@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3064@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3065Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3066non-standard form.
3067@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3068
c906108c 3069@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3070@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3071Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3072program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3073@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3074
56caf160
EZ
3075@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3076@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3077If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3078library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3079
5e74b15c 3080@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3081@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3082If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3083the processor's floating point unit.
3084
0ab7a791
AC
3085@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3086@findex print_registers_info
3087If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3088specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3089either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3090registers (@var{all} is zero).
3091
3092The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3093zero omits floating-point registers.
3094
e76f1f2e
AC
3095@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3096@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3097If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3098to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3099
3100By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3101registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3102
0dcedd82 3103@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3104@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3105Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3106no conversion will be performed.
3107
3108@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3109@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3110Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3111defined, no conversion will be performed.
3112
3113@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3114@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3115Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3116no conversion will be performed.
3117
c906108c 3118@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3119@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3120This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3121@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3122
56caf160
EZ
3123@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3124@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3125Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3126the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3127into @var{valbuf}.
3128
92ad9cd9
AC
3129This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3130(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3131
74055713
AC
3132@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3133@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3134@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3135When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3136register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3137its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3138
92ad9cd9 3139@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3140
74055713
AC
3141@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3142@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3143Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3144
0ba6dca9
AC
3145@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3146@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3147If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3148macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3149
0ba6dca9
AC
3150This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3151is not defined.
c906108c 3152
19772a2c
AC
3153@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3154@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3155Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3156represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3157Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3158
790eb8f5
AC
3159@item frame_align (@var{address})
3160@anchor{frame_align}
3161@findex frame_align
3162Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3163requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3164alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3165stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3166
3167This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3168the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3169value are correctly aligned.
3170
f27dd7fd
AC
3171Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3172address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3173
3174By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3175
8b148df9
AC
3176@item int frame_red_zone_size
3177
3178The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3179@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3180allocating extra stack space).
3181
3182When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3183modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3184@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3185stack.
3186
3187By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3188(@pxref{frame_align}).
3189
3190The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3191@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3192@cindex red zone
3193
618ce49f
AC
3194@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3195@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3196Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3197
618ce49f
AC
3198@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3199@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3200Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3201outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3202situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3203chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3204startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3205@code{_start}.
c906108c 3206
f30ee0bc
AC
3207@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3208@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3209See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3210current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3211@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3212@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3213@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3214
fb8f8949 3215@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3216
56caf160
EZ
3217@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3218@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3219For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3220are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3221@code{-1}.
c906108c 3222
8bedc050
AC
3223@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3224@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3225@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3226saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3227
3228This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3229
3230@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3231@findex unwind_pc
3232@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3233caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3234This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3235
3236The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3237is typically no more than:
3238
3239@smallexample
3240ULONGEST pc;
3241frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3242return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3243@end smallexample
3244
3245@noindent
8bedc050 3246@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3247
a9e5fdc2
AC
3248@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3249@findex unwind_sp
3250@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3251commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3252
3253The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3254is typically no more than:
3255
3256@smallexample
3257ULONGEST sp;
3258frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3259return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3260@end smallexample
3261
3262@noindent
3263@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3264
c906108c 3265@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3266@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3267For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3268function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3269@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3270function's epilogue.
3271
f7cb2b90 3272@item FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
56caf160 3273@findex FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3274An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3275used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3276function's first genuine instruction.
3277
3278This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
3279the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for example,
3280each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask indicating
3281which registers to save upon entry to the function. The VAX @code{call}
3282instructions check this value, and save the appropriate registers
3283automatically. Thus, since the offset from the function's address to
3284its first instruction is two bytes, @code{FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would
3285be 2 on the VAX.
3286
c906108c 3287@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3288@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3289@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3290@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3291If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3292look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3293are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3294respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3295
25822942 3296@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3297@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3298If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3299within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3300
56caf160 3301This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3302definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3303a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3304defined.
3305
25822942 3306@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3307@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3308This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3309@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3310HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3311used instead.
c906108c 3312
c906108c 3313@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3314@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3315For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3316DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3317the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3318
56caf160
EZ
3319This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3320assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3321@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3322pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3323
ac2adee5
AC
3324@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3325@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3326Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3327@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3328
268e2188
AC
3329@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3330@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3331Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3332conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3333feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3334repenting at leisure.
3335
9742079a
EZ
3336@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3337An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3338support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3339
2df3850c 3340@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3341@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3342Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3343macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3344routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3345
3346On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3347@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3348routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3349
e9582e71
AC
3350@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3351@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3352If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3353stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3354is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3355
a5afb99f
AC
3356@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3357@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3358This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3359@var{prev}. [By default...]
3360
56caf160
EZ
3361@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3362@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3363Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3364stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3365the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3366stack grows upward.
3367
9e5abb06
CV
3368@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3369@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3370Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3371The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3372the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3373final `return from function call' instruction.
3374
aa2a3f87
AC
3375@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3376@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3377@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3378@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3379Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3380given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3381constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3382@var{pc}.
3383
56caf160
EZ
3384@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3385@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3386Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3387trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3388
56caf160
EZ
3389@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3390@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3391Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3392trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3393
56caf160
EZ
3394@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3395@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3396Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3397dynamic linker.
3398
56caf160
EZ
3399@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3400@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3401Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3402should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3403function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3404to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3405stepping will suffice.
3406
fc0c74b1
AC
3407@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3408@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3409@cindex converting integers to addresses
3410Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3411conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3412the current architectures conventions.
3413
3414@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3415their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3416@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3417computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3418major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3419other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3420conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3421out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3422to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3423disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3424method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3425@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3426
3427@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3428Addresses}.
3429
c906108c 3430@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3431@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3432(Specific to the a29k.)
3433
93e79dbd 3434@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3435@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3436Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3437appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3438address the pointer refers to.
3439@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3440
9fb4dd36 3441@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3442@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3443Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3444@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3445
3446@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3447@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3448Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3449@var{type}.
4281a42e 3450@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3451
12c266ea
AC
3452@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3453@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3454Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3455virtual type.
13d01224 3456@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3457
617073a9
AC
3458@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3459@findex register_reggroup_p
3460@cindex register groups
3461Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3462group @var{reggroup}.
3463
3464By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3465
3466@table @code
3467@item float_reggroup
3468Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3469@item vector_reggroup
3470Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3471@item general_reggroup
3472Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3473floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3474@item save_reggroup
3475@itemx restore_reggroup
3476@itemx all_reggroup
3477Any register with a valid name.
3478@end table
3479
f30992d4
AC
3480@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3481@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3482Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3483register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3484Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3485@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3486
2e092625 3487@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3488@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3489Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3490@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3491
77e7e267
AC
3492@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3493@findex register_type
3494If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3495superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3496Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3497
9fb4dd36 3498@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3499@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3500Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3501form.
13d01224 3502@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3503
3504@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3505@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3506Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3507form.
13d01224 3508@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3509
0ab4b752
MK
3510@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3511@findex regset_from_core_section
3512Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3513@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3514
3515
e5419804
JB
3516@item RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK(@var{type})
3517@findex RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK
3518@cindex returning structures by value
3519@cindex structures, returning by value
3520
3521Return non-zero if values of type TYPE are returned on the stack, using
3522the ``struct convention'' (i.e., the caller provides a pointer to a
3523buffer in which the callee should store the return value). This
3524controls how the @samp{finish} command finds a function's return value,
3525and whether an inferior function call reserves space on the stack for
3526the return value.
3527
3528The full logic @value{GDBN} uses here is kind of odd.
e5419804 3529
56caf160 3530@itemize @bullet
e5419804
JB
3531@item
3532If the type being returned by value is not a structure, union, or array,
3533and @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} returns zero, then @value{GDBN}
3534concludes the value is not returned using the struct convention.
3535
3536@item
3537Otherwise, @value{GDBN} calls @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} (see below).
3538If that returns non-zero, @value{GDBN} assumes the struct convention is
3539in use.
e5419804
JB
3540@end itemize
3541
3542In other words, to indicate that a given type is returned by value using
3543the struct convention, that type must be either a struct, union, array,
3544or something @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} likes, @emph{and} something
3545that @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} likes.
3546
56caf160 3547Note that, in C and C@t{++}, arrays are never returned by value. In those
e5419804
JB
3548languages, these predicates will always see a pointer type, never an
3549array type. All the references above to arrays being returned by value
3550apply only to other languages.
3551
b0ed3589 3552@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3553@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3554Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3555mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3556
56caf160
EZ
3557@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3558@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3559A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3560@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3561the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3562for examples.
3563
da59e081 3564@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3565@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3566Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3567debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3568them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3569address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3570linking faster.
3571
3572@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3573hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3574entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3575the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3576segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3577
3578@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3579
56caf160 3580@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3581@item
3582@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3583addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3584the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3585linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3586name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3587the address.
3588
3589@item
3590@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3591@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3592and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3593them.
da59e081
JM
3594@end itemize
3595
c906108c 3596@item PCC_SOL_BROKEN
56caf160 3597@findex PCC_SOL_BROKEN
c906108c
SS
3598(Used only in the Convex target.)
3599
c906108c 3600@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3601@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3602If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3603counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3604
3605@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3606@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3607If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3608be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3609
3610This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3611@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3612
2df3850c 3613@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3614@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3615If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3616pushing them on the stack.
3617
a38c9fe6
MK
3618@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3619@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3620@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3621@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3622function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3623value.
3624
ee206350
AG
3625This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3626(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3627
c906108c 3628@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3629@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3630A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3631
3632@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3633@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3634(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3635
3636@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3637@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3638If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3639definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3640
749b82f6
AC
3641@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3642@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3643@findex frame_pop
3644If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3645method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3646
39fe6e80 3647@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{func_addr}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3648@findex push_dummy_call
3649@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3650@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3651the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3652@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3653@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3654
b24da7d0 3655Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3656
3657This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3658
7043d8dc
AC
3659@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3660@findex push_dummy_code
b1e29e33 3661@findex DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY
7043d8dc
AC
3662@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3663instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3664called function should return.
3665
3666Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3667should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3668the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3669
3670By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3671(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3672reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3673
434b87dd
AC
3674This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
3675@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}, and @code{DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY}.
7043d8dc 3676
b8b527c5
AC
3677@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES
3678@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES
3679The total amount of space needed to store @value{GDBN}'s copy of the
3680machine's register state.
3681
3682This is no longer needed. @value{GDBN} instead computes the size of the
3683register buffer at run-time.
c906108c 3684
56caf160
EZ
3685@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3686@findex REGISTER_NAME
3687Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3688or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3689
8e823e25
MK
3690@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3691@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3692@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3693given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3694
3695This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3696(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3697
b24da7d0
AC
3698@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3699@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3700@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3701notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3702passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3703after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3704allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3705
c906108c 3706@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3707@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3708Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3709defined, no conversion will be done.
3710
963e2bb7 3711@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3712@findex gdbarch_return_value
3713@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3714type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3715would use.
3716
3717@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3718@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3719in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3720value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3721passed in as the function's first parameter.
3722
963e2bb7
AC
3723If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3724non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3725@var{regcache}.
3726
963e2bb7 3727If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3728non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3729@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3730just returned function).
3731
74055713 3732@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3733return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3734
3735@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3736store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3737the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3738@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3739instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3740return-value extract and store.}
3741
3742@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3743parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3744that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3745then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3746@var{function} should be persued.}
3747
3748@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3749to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3750@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3751limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3752
c2c6d25f 3753@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3754@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3755Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3756steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3757re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3758hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3759doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3760state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3761macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3762of a branch or jump.
3763
56caf160
EZ
3764@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3765@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3766A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3767function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3768
56caf160
EZ
3769@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3770@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3771If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3772the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3773that is at the start of the real function.
3774
3775@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3776@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3777If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3778the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3779there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3780
3781@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3782@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3783Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3784declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3785done.
3786
f27dd7fd
AC
3787@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3788@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3789@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3790Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3791requirements for the processor's stack.
3792
3793Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3794upwards.
3795
3796By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3797
56caf160
EZ
3798@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3799@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3800Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3801delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3802slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3803normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3804
ebba8386 3805@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3806@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3807A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3808@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3809value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3810
92ad9cd9
AC
3811This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3812(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3813
c906108c 3814@item SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
56caf160 3815@findex SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
c906108c
SS
3816(Used only for Sun-3 and Sun-4 targets.)
3817
3818@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3819@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3820The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3821current sources.)
3822
c906108c 3823@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3824@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3825Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3826
c3d3ce5b
JB
3827@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3828@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3829Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3830it should be unsigned.
3831
3832The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3833equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3834character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3835Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3836on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3837
c906108c 3838@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3839@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3840Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3841
ac9a91a7
JM
3842At present this macro is not used.
3843
c906108c 3844@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3845@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3846Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3847
3848@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3849@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3850Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3851
ac9a91a7
JM
3852At present this macro is not used.
3853
c906108c 3854@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3855@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3856Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3857
3858@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3859@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3860Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3861
3862@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3863@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3864Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3865
3866@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3867@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3868Number of bits in a long double float;
3869defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3870
3871@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3872@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3873Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3874
3875@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3876@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3877Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3878
3879@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3880@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3881Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3882
3883@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3884@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3885@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3886@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3887@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3888@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3889@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3890@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3891@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3892@findex read_pc
3893@findex write_pc
3894@findex read_sp
56caf160 3895@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2
AC
3896@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
3897@code{write_pc}, @code{read_sp} and @code{deprecated_read_fp}. For most
3898targets, these may be left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read
3899and write register functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3900
3901These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3902hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3903in an ordinary register.
3904
a9e5fdc2
AC
3905@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3906
56caf160
EZ
3907@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3908@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3909Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3910pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3911are not used, a default definition simply returns
3912@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3913
9742079a
EZ
3914@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3915If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3916watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3917other related macros.
3918
7ccaa899
EZ
3919@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3920@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3921This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3922instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3923debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3924a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3925accessor function for the global pointer
3926@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3927the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3928@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3929@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3930decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3931
6314f104
AC
3932@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3933@findex unwind_dummy_id
3934@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3935frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3936frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3937previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3938@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3939
56caf160
EZ
3940@item USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3941@findex USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3942If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3943given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3944allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3945being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3946for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3947other compilers.
3948
92ad9cd9
AC
3949This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3950(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3951
13d01224
AC
3952@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3953@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3954Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3955@var{regnum}'s.
3956@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3957
56caf160
EZ
3958@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3959@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3960For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3961declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3962nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3963@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3964presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3965@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3966
56caf160
EZ
3967@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3968@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3969Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3970@end table
3971
3972Motorola M68K target conditionals.
3973
56caf160 3974@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
3975@item BPT_VECTOR
3976Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
3977not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
3978
3979@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
3980Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
3981
3982@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
3983@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
3984A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
3985allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
3986
56caf160 3987@end ftable
c906108c
SS
3988
3989@section Adding a New Target
3990
56caf160 3991@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 3992The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
3993
3994@table @file
56caf160 3995@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
3996@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
3997Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
3998object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
3999@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4000the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4001tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4002
4003You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4004but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4005future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4006
c906108c
SS
4007@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4008Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4009some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4010@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4011as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4012function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4013and debug.
4014
af6c57ea
AC
4015@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4016@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4017This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4018processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4019@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4020the same processor.
4021
4022@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4023(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4024macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4025format and instructions.
4026
4027New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4028
c906108c
SS
4029@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4030This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4031processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4032@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4033same processor.
4034
af6c57ea
AC
4035New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4036
c906108c
SS
4037@end table
4038
4039If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4040@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4041facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4042instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4043that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4044@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4045
4046
3352e23e
AC
4047@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4048@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4049
4050This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4051an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4052
4053The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4054sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4055instance:
4056
4057@itemize @bullet
4058
4059@item
4060Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4061not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4062
4063@item
4064Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4065@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4066
4067@item
4068Enable multi-arch level one.
4069
4070@item
4071Delete one or more files.
4072
4073@end itemize
4074
4075@noindent
4076There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4077encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4078
4079Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4080and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4081obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4082@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4083process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4084expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4085needed.
4086
4087@subsection Preparation
4088
4089The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4090enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4091the debugger can be compared.
4092
4093At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4094with @option{-Werror}.
4095
4096@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4097
4098The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4099framework. It involves
4100
4101@itemize @bullet
4102
4103@item
4104The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4105above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4106has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4107the architecture:
4108@smallexample
4109static struct gdbarch *
4110d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4111 struct gdbarch_info info;
4112 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4113@{
4114 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4115 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4116 if (arches != NULL)
4117 return arches->gdbarch;
4118 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4119 return gdbarch;
4120@}
4121@end smallexample
4122@noindent
4123@emph{}
4124
4125@item
4126A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4127information:
4128@smallexample
4129static void
4130mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4131 struct ui_file *file)
4132@{
4133 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4134@}
4135@end smallexample
4136
4137@item
4138A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4139architecture:
4140@smallexample
4141void
4142_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4143@{
4144 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4145 mips_dump_tdep);
4146@end smallexample
4147
4148@item
4149Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4150@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4151
4152@end itemize
4153
4154@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4155
4156Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4157
4158@table @code
3352e23e 4159@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4160Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4161@end table
4162
4163@noindent
4164At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4165functions.
4166
4167@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4168
4169Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4170and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4171committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4172an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4173provided.
4174
4175Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4176
4177Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4178functions (patch(es)).
4179
4180Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4181architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4182!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4183
4184@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4185
4186Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4187single patch).
4188
4189Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4190already.
4191
4192@subsection Convert remaining macros
4193
4194Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4195architecture method) in small batches.
4196
4197@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4198
4199This should go smoothly.
4200
4201@subsection Delete the TM file
4202
4203The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4204@file{configure.in} updated.
4205
4206
c906108c
SS
4207@node Target Vector Definition
4208
4209@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4210@cindex target vector
c906108c 4211
56caf160
EZ
4212The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4213abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4214actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4215@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4216each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4217
4218@section File Targets
4219
4220Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4221
4222@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4223
56caf160
EZ
4224@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4225that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4226@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4227systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4228
56caf160
EZ
4229The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4230your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4231SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4232program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4233
4234The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4235@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4236
4237@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4238@item
4239%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4240
56caf160
EZ
4241@item
4242traps are disabled;
c906108c 4243
56caf160
EZ
4244@item
4245you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4246@end enumerate
4247
4248As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4249is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4250The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4251hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4252which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4253set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4254first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4255
4256For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4257``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4258and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4259controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4260trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4261do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4262of the debugger/stub.
4263
4264From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4265They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4266
4267@section ROM Monitor Interface
4268
4269@section Custom Protocols
4270
4271@section Transport Layer
4272
4273@section Builtin Simulator
4274
4275
4276@node Native Debugging
4277
4278@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4279@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4280
25822942 4281Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4282
4283@table @file
56caf160 4284@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4285@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4286Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4287machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4288native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4289Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4290@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4291define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4292@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4293
7fd60527
AC
4294@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4295originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4296on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4297purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4298eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4299suffix.}
4300
c906108c 4301@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4302(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4303macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4304child process control and core file support.
4305
4306@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4307Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4308this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4309@end table
4310
4311There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4312various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4313defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4314the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4315@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4316
4317Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4318to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4319Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4320into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4321
4322@table @file
c906108c
SS
4323@item inftarg.c
4324This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4325processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4326
4327@item procfs.c
4328This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4329processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4330
4331@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4332This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4333and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4334
4335@item infptrace.c
4336This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4337the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4338@end table
4339
4340@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4341@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4342
4343@table @file
56caf160 4344@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4345@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4346Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4347@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4348files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4349just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4350@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4351
4352@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4353If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4354@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4355set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4356register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4357``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4358@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4359use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4360you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4361to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4362@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4363the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4364@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4365@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4366implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4367@end table
4368
25822942 4369When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4370possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4371code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4372@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4373machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4374(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4375@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
56caf160
EZ
4376exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
4377modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4378section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4379segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4380information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
4381sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
4382section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4383standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4384around in.
4385
25822942 4386Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4387@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4388@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4389It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4390its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4391segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4392register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4393
4394If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4395format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4396reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4397
4398@section ptrace
4399
4400@section /proc
4401
4402@section win32
4403
4404@section shared libraries
4405
4406@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4407@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4408
56caf160
EZ
4409When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4410defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4411target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4412undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c
SS
4413
4414@table @code
c906108c 4415@item ATTACH_DETACH
56caf160 4416@findex ATTACH_DETACH
25822942 4417If defined, then @value{GDBN} will include support for the @code{attach} and
c906108c
SS
4418@code{detach} commands.
4419
4420@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4421@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4422If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4423define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4424a read from the child.
4425
4426[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4427currently.]
4428
4429@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4430@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4431Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4432@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4433@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4434@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4435routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4436
4437@item FILES_INFO_HOOK
56caf160 4438@findex FILES_INFO_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4439(Only defined for Convex.)
4440
4441@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4442@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4443This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4444point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4445appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4446to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4447
4448@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4449@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4450For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4451DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4452@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4453
56caf160 4454This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4455assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4456@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4457pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4458
9742079a
EZ
4459@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4460An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4461support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4462
c906108c 4463@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4464@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4465Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4466struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4467needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4468addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4469On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4470
4471@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD
56caf160 4472@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD
25822942 4473Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4474runtime, by using Berkeley-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in
4475the root directory.
4476
4477@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4478@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4479Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4480runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4481root directory.
4482
4483@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4484@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4485Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4486user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4487
4488@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4489@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4490Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4491defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4492definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4493
4494@item PTRACE_FP_BUG
56caf160
EZ
4495@findex PTRACE_FP_BUG
4496See @file{mach386-xdep.c}.
c906108c
SS
4497
4498@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4499@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4500The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4501exists and is different from @code{int}.
4502
4503@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4504@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4505Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4506
4507@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4508@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4509If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4510inferior.
4511
4512@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4513@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4514If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4515Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4516
990f9fe3 4517@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4518@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4519Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4520@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4521@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4522processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4523
4524@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4525@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4526Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4527want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4528
4529@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4530@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4531When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4532twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4533the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4534number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4535expand into the number expected.
4536
4537@item SVR4_SHARED_LIBS
56caf160 4538@findex SVR4_SHARED_LIBS
c906108c
SS
4539Define this to indicate that SVR4-style shared libraries are in use.
4540
4541@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4542@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4543This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4544translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4545representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4546
4547@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4548@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4549This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4550defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4551@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4552configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4553the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4554undefined.
4555
4556The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4557the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4558that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4559
4560@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4561@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4562See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4563
4564@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4565@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4566Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4567@end table
4568
4569
4570@node Support Libraries
4571
4572@chapter Support Libraries
4573
4574@section BFD
56caf160 4575@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4576
25822942 4577BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4578
4579@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4580@item identifying executable and core files
4581BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4582several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4583
4584@item access to sections of files
4585BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4586sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4587(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4588calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4589length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4590
4591@item specialized core file support
4592BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4593core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4594file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4595file.
4596
4597@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4598@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4599symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4600handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4601symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4602string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4603@end table
4604
4605@section opcodes
56caf160 4606@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4607
25822942 4608The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4609library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4610
4611@section readline
4612
4613@section mmalloc
4614
4615@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4616@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4617
4618The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4619that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4620systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4621groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4622environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4623a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4624functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4625beyond standard functions).
4626
4627@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4628library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4629floating format support functions, the input options parser
4630@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4631
4632@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4633@cindex @code{obstacks}
4634
4635The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4636chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4637like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4638allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4639@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4640@code{obstacks}).
4641
4642The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4643object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4644representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4645these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4646symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4647fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4648offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4649string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4650information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4651unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4652various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4653names of types.
4654
4655An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4656that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4657various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4658once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4659function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4660deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4661start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4662@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4663obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4664happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4665is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4666obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4667@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4668else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4669use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4670
4671Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4672under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4673longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4674when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4675new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4676
4677@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4678@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4679
4680Regex conditionals.
4681
4682@table @code
c906108c
SS
4683@item C_ALLOCA
4684
4685@item NFAILURES
4686
4687@item RE_NREGS
4688
4689@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4690
4691@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4692
4693@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4694
4695@item Sword
4696
4697@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4698@end table
4699
4700@section include
4701
4702@node Coding
4703
4704@chapter Coding
4705
4706This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4707algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4708
4709@section Cleanups
56caf160 4710@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4711
4712Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4713later.
c906108c 4714
cc1cb004
AC
4715When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4716@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4717the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4718cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4719and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4720is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4721cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4722created.
c906108c
SS
4723
4724Syntax:
4725
4726@table @code
c906108c
SS
4727@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4728Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4729
56caf160 4730@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4731@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4732Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4733@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4734handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4735@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4736@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4737from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4738
56caf160 4739@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4740@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4741Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4742@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4743
4744@findex discard_cleanups
4745@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4746Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4747the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4748@end table
4749
4750Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4751@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4752later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4753performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4754
474c8240 4755@smallexample
c906108c 4756make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4757@{
4758 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4759 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4760 ...
4761 do_cleanups (old);
4762@}
474c8240 4763@end smallexample
56caf160 4764
c906108c 4765@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4766will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4767cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4768be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4769
4770Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4771Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4772will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4773to two common cleanup styles.
4774
4775The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4776@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4777code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4778code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4779called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4780@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4781
474c8240 4782@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4783struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4784data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4785make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4786... blah blah ...
4787do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4788@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4789
4790The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4791@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4792any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4793code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4794an error:
4795
474c8240 4796@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4797FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4798struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4799... blah blah ...
4800discard_cleanups (old);
4801return file;
474c8240 4802@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
4803
4804Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
4805that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4806means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4807interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4808functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4809@samp{longjmp} instead).
4810
ba8c9337
AC
4811@section Per-architecture module data
4812@cindex per-architecture module data
4813@cindex multi-arch data
4814@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4815
fc989b7a
AC
4816The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4817specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4818architecture object.
4819
4820A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4821
4822@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4823@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4824per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4825in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4826architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4827and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4828@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4829
fc989b7a
AC
4830@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4831@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4832per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4833always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4834initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4835per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4836other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4837create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4838@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4839
fc989b7a
AC
4840These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4841identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4842
fc989b7a 4843The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4844
fc989b7a
AC
4845@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4846Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4847@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4848or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4849current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4850pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4851corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4852@end deftypefun
4853
fc989b7a 4854The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4855
4856@smallexample
e7f16015 4857struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4858static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4859@end smallexample
4860
fc989b7a
AC
4861A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4862per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4863per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4864creation.
ba8c9337 4865
fc989b7a
AC
4866In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4867architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4868from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4869
4870@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4871static void *
4872nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4873@{
fc989b7a
AC
4874 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4875 return data;
4876@}
ba8c9337
AC
4877@end smallexample
4878
ba8c9337 4879@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4880extern void
4881set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4882@{
ba8c9337 4883 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4884 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4885@}
4886@end smallexample
4887
fc989b7a
AC
4888A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4889using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4890
fc989b7a
AC
4891In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4892@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4893architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4894
4895@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4896static void *
4897nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4898@{
fc989b7a
AC
4899 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4900 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4901 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4902@}
4903@end smallexample
4904
4905@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4906extern int
4907nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4908@{
fc989b7a
AC
4909 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4910 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4911@}
4912@end smallexample
4913
c906108c 4914@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4915@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4916
56caf160 4917@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4918Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4919or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4920added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4921routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4922exceeded.
4923
4924The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4925printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4926away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4927@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4928@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4929return!
4930
56caf160 4931It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4932space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4933indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4934the line wraps there.
4935
4936Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4937finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4938to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4939print warnings are a good example.
4940
25822942 4941@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4942@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4943
25822942 4944@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4945@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4946FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4947of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4948but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4949
56caf160
EZ
4950@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4951@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4952
af6c57ea 4953
b9aa90c9 4954@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4955
b9aa90c9
AC
4956@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4957compiler.
af6c57ea 4958
b9aa90c9 4959@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4960
4961
4962@subsection Memory Management
4963
4964@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4965@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4966
4967@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4968@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4969these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4970they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4971@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4972
4973@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4974memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4975behavior.}
4976
4977@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4978
4979@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4980memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4981free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4982
4983@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4984@code{NULL} pointer.}
4985
4986@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4987allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4988
4989@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4990restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4991
4992@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
4993function @code{xasprintf}.
4994
4995@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
4996functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
4997errors.}
4998
4999
5000@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5001@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
5002
5003With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
5004@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
5005The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
5006
5007This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5008with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
5009from those flags being treated as errors.
5010
5011The current list of warning flags includes:
5012
5013@table @samp
5014@item -Wimplicit
5015Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
5016using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
5017prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
5018@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
5019
5020@item -Wreturn-type
5021Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
5022that use register windows.
5023
5024@item -Wcomment
5025
5026@item -Wtrigraphs
5027
5028@item -Wformat
153721e6 5029@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 5030Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 5031@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5032but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5033
5034@item -Wparentheses
5035This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
5036@code{if} statement.
5037
5038@item -Wpointer-arith
5039
5040@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
5041
5042@item -Wunused-label
5043This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
5044@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
5045@smallexample
5046enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
5047@dots{}
5048switch (sched)
5049 @{
5050 case FD_SCHEDULED:
5051 @dots{};
5052 break;
5053 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
5054 @dots{};
5055 break;
5056 @}
5057@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
5058
5059@item -Wunused-function
af6c57ea
AC
5060@end table
5061
5062@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5063functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5064@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5065@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5066it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5067is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5068precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5069
5070@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5071enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5072when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5073
5074@subsection Formatting
5075
56caf160 5076@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5077The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5078strictly.
5079
af6c57ea
AC
5080A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5081function definition should have its name in column zero.
5082
474c8240 5083@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5084/* Declaration */
5085static void foo (void);
5086/* Definition */
5087void
5088foo (void)
5089@{
5090@}
474c8240 5091@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5092
5093@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5094be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5095
af6c57ea
AC
5096There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5097parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5098required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5099or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5100
5101While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5102more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5103after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5104whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5105for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5106
5107Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5108
474c8240 5109@smallexample
af6c57ea 5110void *foo;
474c8240 5111@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5112
5113@noindent
5114and not:
5115
474c8240 5116@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5117void * foo;
5118void* foo;
474c8240 5119@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5120
5121@subsection Comments
5122
56caf160 5123@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5124The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5125
af6c57ea
AC
5126Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5127@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5128
474c8240 5129@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5130/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5131 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5132 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5133 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5134 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5135@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5136
5137(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5138comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5139
5140Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5141variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5142
5143In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5144than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5145line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5146than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5147
5148@subsection C Usage
5149
56caf160 5150@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5151Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5152host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5153of evaluation of expressions.
5154
56caf160 5155@cindex function usage
c906108c 5156Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5157in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5158call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5159limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5160
5161However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5162are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5163
af6c57ea 5164@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5165(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5166protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5167
5168@cindex types
c906108c 5169
af6c57ea
AC
5170Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5171declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5172
5173
5174@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5175@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5176
5177Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5178a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5179argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5180function definition.
c906108c 5181
53a5351d
JM
5182All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5183callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5184be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5185visible to random source files.
c906108c 5186
af6c57ea
AC
5187Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5188that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5189
5190
5191@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5192
5193During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5194User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5195entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5196object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5197Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5198run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5199
5200When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5201@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5202
5203@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5204
5205@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5206the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5207@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5208error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5209
5210@subsection File Names
5211
5212Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5213case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5214unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5215
5216@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5217platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5218is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5219@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5220convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5221@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5222@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5223
5224Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5225of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5226
5227@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5228
5229When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5230@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5231@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5232independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5233the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5234should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5235programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5236
5237For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5238
5239
5240@subsection Include Files
5241
e2b28d04 5242A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5243
e2b28d04
AC
5244A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5245declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5246indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5247
e2b28d04
AC
5248A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5249declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5250indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5251be directly included.
af6c57ea 5252
e2b28d04 5253An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5254
e2b28d04
AC
5255An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5256Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5257pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5258
5259A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5260
5261An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5262files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5263@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5264
5265All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5266
474c8240 5267@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5268#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5269#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5270header body
5271#endif
474c8240 5272@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5273
c906108c 5274
dab11f21 5275@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5276
56caf160 5277@cindex design
c906108c 5278In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5279semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5280experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5281trouble.
5282
56caf160 5283@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5284You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5285(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5286must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5287@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5288such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5289
5290You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5291the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5292current @code{target_ops} vector.
5293
5294You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5295(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5296assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5297host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5298written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5299copyright problems.
5300
56caf160 5301@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5302Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5303to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5304systems.
5305
56caf160 5306@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5307New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5308or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5309for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5310features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5311has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5312often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5313predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5314time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5315with regard to this feature.
5316
5317Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5318target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5319
dab11f21
EZ
5320@cindex portable file name handling
5321@cindex file names, portability
5322One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5323creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5324assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5325a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5326directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5327necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5328system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5329name, use the following portable macros:
5330
5331@table @code
5332@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5333@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5334This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5335whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5336symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5337such hosts.
5338
5339@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5340@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5341Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5342character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5343such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5344pass.
5345
5346@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5347@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5348Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5349For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5350@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5351@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5352
5353@findex FILENAME_CMP
5354@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5355Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5356appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5357this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5358will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5359
5360@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5361@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5362Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5363@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5364This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5365
5366@findex SLASH_STRING
5367@item SLASH_STRING
5368This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5369absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5370@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5371@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5372@end table
5373
5374In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5375functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5376basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5377@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5378platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5379with @code{strrchr}.
5380
25822942
DB
5381Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5382attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5383multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5384by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5385well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5386something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5387using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5388@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5389current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5390is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5391implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5392attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5393formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5394
56caf160
EZ
5395Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5396the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5397@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5398something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5399consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5400with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5401file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5402radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5403
af6c57ea
AC
5404All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5405@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5406messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5407@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5408
c906108c 5409
8487521e 5410@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5411
25822942 5412@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5413@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5414
56caf160
EZ
5415Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5416specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5417dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5418hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5419@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5420name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5421@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5422
56caf160
EZ
5423@itemize @bullet
5424@item
c906108c
SS
5425In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5426@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5427vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5428@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5429@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5430running
5431
474c8240 5432@smallexample
c906108c 5433./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5434@end smallexample
56caf160 5435
c906108c
SS
5436@noindent
5437and
56caf160 5438
474c8240 5439@smallexample
c906108c 5440./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5441@end smallexample
56caf160 5442
c906108c
SS
5443@noindent
5444which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5445and no error messages.
5446
56caf160 5447@noindent
c906108c
SS
5448You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5449beyond the scope of this manual.
5450
56caf160 5451@item
25822942 5452To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5453your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5454desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5455setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5456@var{xyz}).
5457
7fd60527
AC
5458@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5459@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5460new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5461Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5462to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5463changed again in the future.}
5464
56caf160 5465@item
25822942 5466Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5467target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5468configuration.
56caf160 5469@end itemize
c906108c 5470
8973da3a
AC
5471@node Releasing GDB
5472
5473@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5474@cindex making a new release of gdb
5475
fb0ff88f
AC
5476@section Versions and Branches
5477
5478@subsection Version Identifiers
5479
5480@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file @file{gdb/version.in}.
5481
5482@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses ISO dates to differentiate between
5483versions. The CVS repository uses @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-cvs
5484while the corresponding snapshot uses @var{YYYYMMDD}.
5485
5486@value{GDBN}'s release branch uses a slightly more complicated scheme.
5487When the branch is first cut, the mainline version identifier is
5488prefixed with the @var{major}.@var{minor} from of the previous release
5489series but with .90 appended. As draft releases are drawn from the
5490branch, the minor minor number (.90) is incremented. Once the first
5491release (@var{M}.@var{N}) has been made, the version prefix is updated
5492to @var{M}.@var{N}.0.90 (dot zero, dot ninety). Follow on releases have
5493an incremented minor minor version number (.0).
5494
5495Using 5.1 (previous) and 5.2 (current), the example below illustrates a
5496typical sequence of version identifiers:
5497
5498@table @asis
5499@item 5.1.1
5500final release from previous branch
5501@item 2002-03-03-cvs
5502main-line the day the branch is cut
5503@item 5.1.90-2002-03-03-cvs
5504corresponding branch version
5505@item 5.1.91
5506first draft release candidate
5507@item 5.1.91-2002-03-17-cvs
5508updated branch version
5509@item 5.1.92
5510second draft release candidate
5511@item 5.1.92-2002-03-31-cvs
5512updated branch version
5513@item 5.1.93
5514final release candidate (see below)
5515@item 5.2
5516official release
5517@item 5.2.0.90-2002-04-07-cvs
5518updated CVS branch version
5519@item 5.2.1
5520second official release
5521@end table
5522
5523Notes:
5524
5525@itemize @bullet
5526@item
5527Minor minor minor draft release candidates such as 5.2.0.91 have been
5528omitted from the example. Such release candidates are, typically, never
5529made.
5530@item
5531For 5.1.93 the bziped tar ball @file{gdb-5.1.93.tar.bz2} is just the
5532official @file{gdb-5.2.tar} renamed and compressed.
5533@end itemize
5534
5535To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5536@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5537(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
5538its version identifer).
5539
5540Since @value{GDBN} does not make minor minor minor releases (e.g.,
55415.1.0.1) the conflict between that and a minor minor draft release
5542identifier (e.g., 5.1.0.90) is avoided.
5543
5544
5545@subsection Branches
5546
5547@value{GDBN} draws a release series (5.2, 5.2.1, @dots{}) from a single
5548release branch (gdb_5_2-branch). Since minor minor minor releases
5549(5.1.0.1) are not made, the need to branch the release branch is avoided
5550(it also turns out that the effort required for such a a branch and
5551release is significantly greater than the effort needed to create a new
5552release from the head of the release branch).
5553
5554Releases 5.0 and 5.1 used branch and release tags of the form:
5555
474c8240 5556@smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5557gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint
5558gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branch
5559gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release
474c8240 5560@end smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5561
5562Release 5.2 is trialing the branch and release tags:
5563
474c8240 5564@smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5565gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint
5566gdb_N_M-branch
5567gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release
474c8240 5568@end smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5569
5570@emph{Pragmatics: The branchpoint and release tags need to identify when
5571a branch and release are made. The branch tag, denoting the head of the
5572branch, does not have this criteria.}
5573
5574
9bb0a4d8
AC
5575@section Branch Commit Policy
5576
5577The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
55785.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5579
5580@itemize @bullet
5581@item
5582The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5583@item
5584Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5585trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5586file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5587@item
5588When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5589Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5590when debugging a static binary?
5591@item
5592The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5593the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5594@item
5595Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5596sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5597@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5598@end itemize
5599
5600@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5601functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5602This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5603reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5604
5605
cbb09e6a 5606@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5607
8642bc8f 5608Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5609code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5610(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5611
8642bc8f 5612Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5613line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5614been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5615
cbb09e6a
AC
5616The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5617wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5618Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5619
cbb09e6a 5620@enumerate
8973da3a 5621@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5622Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5623list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5624recommended.
8973da3a 5625@item
cbb09e6a 5626Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5627@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5628Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5629Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5630@item
cbb09e6a 5631Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5632@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5633Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5634prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5635@item
5636Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5637released.
5638@item
5639Remove the obsolete code.
5640@end enumerate
5641
5642@noindent
5643@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5644hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5645helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5646or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5647the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5648hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5649
8973da3a 5650
9ae8b82c
AC
5651
5652@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5653
8642bc8f
AC
5654The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5655changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5656instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5657building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5658@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5659
9ae8b82c 5660@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5661
9ae8b82c
AC
5662People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5663something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5664script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5665
9ae8b82c 5666@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5667
9ae8b82c
AC
5668Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5669@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5670@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5671
5672@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5673
8642bc8f 5674A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5675
8642bc8f
AC
5676@itemize @bullet
5677@item
5678@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5679@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5680@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5681file)
5682@item
5683@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5684@end itemize
5685
9ae8b82c 5686@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5687
9ae8b82c
AC
5688@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5689(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5690conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5691of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5692regressions.
8642bc8f 5693
9ae8b82c 5694@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5695
9ae8b82c 5696Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5697
9ae8b82c 5698@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5699
9ae8b82c 5700The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5701
8642bc8f 5702
30107679 5703@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5704
30107679 5705@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5706
474c8240 5707@smallexample
30107679
AC
5708$ u=5.1
5709$ v=5.2
5710$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5711$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5712$ echo $u $V $D
57135.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5714$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5715-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5716cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5717-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5718$ ^echo ^^
5719...
5720$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5721-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5722cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5723-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5724$ ^echo ^^
5725...
8642bc8f 5726$
474c8240 5727@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5728
5729@itemize @bullet
5730@item
30107679
AC
5731by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5732date/time.
5733@item
5734the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5735@item
5736Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5737@item
30107679 5738@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5739@item
30107679
AC
5740the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5741@end itemize
5742
5743@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5744
5745@smallexample
5746$ u=5.1
5747$ v=5.2
5748$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5749$ echo $u $v$V
57505.1 5_2
5751$ cd /tmp
5752$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5753-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5754cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5755 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5756$ ^echo ^^
5757U src/gdb/version.in
5758$ cd src/gdb
5759$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5760$ cat version.in
57615.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5762$ cvs -f commit version.in
5763@end smallexample
5764
5765@itemize @bullet
5766@item
5767@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5768mechanism
5769@item
5770@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5771initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5772@end itemize
5773
8642bc8f
AC
5774
5775@subheading Update the web and news pages
5776
30107679
AC
5777Something?
5778
8642bc8f
AC
5779@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5780
30107679
AC
5781The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5782This file needs to be updated so that:
5783
5784@itemize @bullet
5785@item
5786a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5787@item
5788the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5789@end itemize
5790
5791@noindent
5792See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5793cron table.
5794
5795The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5796any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5797snapshot directories.
5798
5799
5800@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5801
5802The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5803to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5804refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5805
5806The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5807current release.
5808
5809@subheading Post the branch info
5810
5811Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5812
5813@itemize @bullet
5814@item
5815@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5816@item
5817@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5818@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5819@end itemize
30107679
AC
5820
5821@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5822ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5823list are alerted.}
5824
5825The announcement should include:
5826
5827@itemize @bullet
5828@item
5829the branch tag
5830@item
5831how to check out the branch using CVS
5832@item
5833the date/number of weeks until the release
5834@item
5835the branch commit policy
5836still holds.
16737d73 5837@end itemize
30107679 5838
8642bc8f
AC
5839@section Stabilize the branch
5840
5841Something goes here.
5842
5843@section Create a Release
5844
0816590b
AC
5845The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5846down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5847process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5848process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5849
0816590b
AC
5850When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5851
5852@subsection Create a release candidate
5853
5854The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5855made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5856candidate).
5857
5858@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5859
5860Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5861@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5862
5863@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5864
474c8240 5865@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5866$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5867$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5868$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5869$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5870/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5871$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5872$ cd $t/$b/$v
5873$ pwd
0816590b 5874/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5875$ which autoconf
5876/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5877$
474c8240 5878@end smallexample
8973da3a 5879
0816590b
AC
5880@noindent
5881Notes:
8973da3a 5882
0816590b
AC
5883@itemize @bullet
5884@item
5885Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5886version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5887found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5888unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5889@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5890@end itemize
5891
5892@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5893
474c8240 5894@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5895$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
5896do
8973da3a
AC
5897( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
5898done
8642bc8f 5899$
474c8240 5900@end smallexample
8973da3a 5901
0816590b
AC
5902@noindent
5903Note:
8642bc8f 5904
0816590b
AC
5905@itemize @bullet
5906@item
5907The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
5908any confusion between what is written here and what your local
5909@code{cvs} really does.
5910@end itemize
5911
5912@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 5913
0816590b
AC
5914@table @file
5915
5916@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
5917
5918Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
5919releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
5920
0816590b 5921Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 5922
474c8240 5923@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5924$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
5925...
5926c-x 4 a
5927...
5928c-x c-s c-x c-c
5929$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
5930$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5931@end smallexample
8973da3a 5932
0816590b
AC
5933@item gdb/README
5934
5935You'll need to update:
8973da3a 5936
0816590b
AC
5937@itemize @bullet
5938@item
5939the version
5940@item
5941the update date
5942@item
5943who did it
5944@end itemize
8973da3a 5945
474c8240 5946@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5947$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
5948...
8973da3a 5949c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 5950...
8973da3a 5951c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
5952$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
5953$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5954@end smallexample
8973da3a 5955
0816590b
AC
5956@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
5957before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
5958to get it updated.}
8973da3a 5959
8642bc8f
AC
5960@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
5961@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
5962pursuing.}
8973da3a 5963
0816590b 5964@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 5965
474c8240 5966@smallexample
8642bc8f 5967$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
5968$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
59695.2
8642bc8f 5970$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
5971...
5972c-x 4 a
0816590b 5973... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 5974c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
5975$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
5976$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5977@end smallexample
8973da3a 5978
0816590b 5979@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
5980
5981Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 5982@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 5983
0816590b 5984Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 5985
0816590b 5986Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 5987
0816590b
AC
5988@smallexample
5989$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
5990...
5991c-x 4 a
5992...
5993c-x c-s c-x c-c
5994$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
5995@end smallexample
8642bc8f 5996
0816590b
AC
5997@end table
5998
5999@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6000
6001This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6002
4ce8657e
MC
6003@smallexample
6004$ for m in gdb insight
6005do
6006( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6007done
6008$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6009@end smallexample
6010
6011If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6012(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6013
474c8240 6014@smallexample
0816590b 6015$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6016do
0816590b 6017( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6018done
0816590b 6019$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6020@end smallexample
8973da3a 6021
0816590b 6022@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6023
0816590b 6024You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6025@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6026for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6027
474c8240 6028@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6029$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6030M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6031? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6032? proto-toplev
0816590b 6033@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6034M gdb/ChangeLog
6035M gdb/NEWS
6036M gdb/README
6037M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6038@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6039$
474c8240 6040@end smallexample
8973da3a 6041
0816590b 6042@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6043@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6044@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6045was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6046didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6047
0816590b 6048@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6049
474c8240 6050@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6051$ cp */src/*.tar .
6052$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6053$ ls -F
6054dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6055$ for m in gdb insight
6056do
6057bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6058gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6059done
6060$
474c8240 6061@end smallexample
8973da3a 6062
0816590b
AC
6063@noindent
6064Note:
6065
6066@itemize @bullet
6067@item
6068A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6069in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6070can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6071process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6072@end itemize
6073
6074@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6075
0816590b 6076Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6077
0816590b
AC
6078@smallexample
6079$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6080$ cd gdb-5.2
6081$ ./configure
6082$ make
6083@dots{}
6084$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6085GNU gdb 5.2
6086@dots{}
6087(gdb) b main
6088Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6089(gdb) run
6090Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6091
6092Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6093734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6094(gdb) print args
6095$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6096(gdb)
6097@end smallexample
8973da3a 6098
0816590b 6099@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6100
0816590b 6101If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6102
0816590b
AC
6103@enumerate
6104@item
6105Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6106@item
6107Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6108@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6109process can restart.
6110@item
6111Make the release candidate available in
6112@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6113@item
6114Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6115@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6116@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6117
0816590b 6118@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6119
0816590b 6120(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6121
0816590b 6122@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6123
0816590b 6124Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6125
474c8240 6126@smallexample
0816590b 6127$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6128$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6129@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6130
0816590b
AC
6131@noindent
6132Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6133are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6134
6135@smallexample
6136$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6137$ rm @dots{}
6138@end smallexample
6139
6140@noindent
6141Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6142directory:
6143
6144@smallexample
6145$ vi README
6146@dots{}
6147$ rm -f .message
6148$ ln README .message
6149@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6150
0816590b 6151@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6152
0816590b
AC
6153@table @file
6154
6155@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6156This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6157@itemize @bullet
6158@item
0816590b 6159General announcement
8642bc8f 6160@item
0816590b
AC
6161News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6162earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6163@item
0816590b
AC
6164Errata
6165@end itemize
6166
6167@item htdocs/index.html
6168@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6169@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6170These files include:
6171@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6172@item
0816590b 6173announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6174@item
0816590b 6175news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6176@end itemize
0816590b 6177These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6178
0816590b 6179@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6180You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6181docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6182from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6183Something like:
6184
474c8240 6185@smallexample
8642bc8f 6186$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6187 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6188 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6189 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6190 gdb
474c8240 6191@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6192
0816590b
AC
6193@item download/ari/
6194Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6195
0816590b
AC
6196@smallexample
6197$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6198 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6199 $PWD/www \
6200 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6201 gdb
6202@end smallexample
6203
6204@end table
6205
6206@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6207
6208Something goes here.
6209
6210
6211@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6212
6213At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6214@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6215
6216@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6217
6218Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6219
6220@itemize @bullet
6221@item
6222@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6223@item
0816590b
AC
6224@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6225day or so to let things get out)
6226@item
6227@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6228@end itemize
6229
0816590b 6230@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6231
0816590b 6232The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6233
0816590b 6234@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6235
0816590b 6236In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6237
6238@itemize @bullet
6239@item
6240@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6241@item
6242@file{gdb/version.in}
6243@item
6244@file{gdb/NEWS}
6245@item
6246@file{gdb/README}
6247@end itemize
6248
0816590b 6249@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6250
6251Something like:
6252
474c8240 6253@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6254$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6255$ echo $d
62562002-01-24
6257$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6258$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6259@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6260
0816590b
AC
6261Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6262@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6263with that).
6264
6265@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6266
0816590b
AC
6267Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6268indicates when the release was made.
6269
6270@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6271
6272If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6273@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6274committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6275@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6276is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6277
6278Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6279
0816590b 6280@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6281
8642bc8f
AC
6282The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6283trunk.
8973da3a 6284
0816590b
AC
6285@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6286
6287Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6288Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6289generated by running:
6290
6291@smallexample
6292$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6293@end smallexample
6294
6295@noindent
6296The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6297of the most recent release.
6298
6299Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6300
8642bc8f 6301@section Post release
8973da3a 6302
8642bc8f 6303Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6304
085dd6e6
JM
6305@node Testsuite
6306
6307@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6308@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6309
56caf160
EZ
6310The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6311While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6312this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6313the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6314to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6315
56caf160
EZ
6316The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6317DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6318themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6319procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6320
6321@section Using the Testsuite
6322
56caf160 6323@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6324To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6325testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6326environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6327the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6328and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6329finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6330
474c8240 6331@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6332 === gdb Summary ===
6333
6334# of expected passes 6016
6335# of unexpected failures 58
6336# of unexpected successes 5
6337# of expected failures 183
6338# of unresolved testcases 3
6339# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6340@end smallexample
56caf160 6341
085dd6e6
JM
6342The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6343conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6344real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6345failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6346hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6347everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6348being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6349lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6350Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6351reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6352catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6353program.
6354
6355When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6356testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6357regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6358run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6359compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6360testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6361options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6362host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6363mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6364
6365If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6366tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6367and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6368Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6369failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6370difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6371in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6372tests for all of those.
085dd6e6
JM
6373
6374@section Testsuite Organization
6375
56caf160 6376@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6377The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6378testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6379and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6380handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6381@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6382all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6383configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6384definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6385
6386The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6387subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6388with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6389in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6390get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6391
6392The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6393are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6394located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6395execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6396intelligibility.
6397
56caf160 6398@table @file
085dd6e6 6399@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6400This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6401configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6402The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6403ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6404for prototypes).
6405
6406@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6407Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6408@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6409
6410@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6411Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6412(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6413HP-UX.
6414
6415@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6416Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
64171999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6418couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6419imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6420extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6421
6422@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6423Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6424instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6425@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6426@end table
6427
6428@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6429@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6430
25822942 6431In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6432should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6433
6434You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6435includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6436However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6437instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6438calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6439
6440Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6441necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6442
6443The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6444style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6445styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6446instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6447never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6448uniformly.
6449
c906108c
SS
6450@node Hints
6451
6452@chapter Hints
6453
6454Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6455appear anywhere else in the directory.
6456
6457@menu
25822942 6458* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6459* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6460@end menu
6461
6462@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6463
6464@section Getting Started
6465
25822942 6466@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6467work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6468know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6469
25822942
DB
6470This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6471generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6472
6473Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6474comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6475function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6476explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6477free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6478out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6479actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6480
6481Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6482native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6483repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6484macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6485default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6486also documents all the available macros.
6487@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6488@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6489@c Conditionals})
6490
56caf160
EZ
6491Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6492@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6493@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6494code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6495
6496You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6497enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6498language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6499the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6500and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6501are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6502approach.
6503
25822942 6504Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6505specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6506function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6507will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6508calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6509(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6510called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6511functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6512one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6513structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6514the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6515look like.
6516
6517Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6518code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6519principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6520else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6521rather than worrying about all its details.
6522
56caf160
EZ
6523@cindex command implementation
6524A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6525a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6526single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6527@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6528via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6529which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6530the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6531@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6532command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6533display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6534not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6535tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6536breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6537
6538@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6539If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6540on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6541wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6542@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6543Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6544
33e16fad 6545@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6546
25822942 6547@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6548@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6549
25822942 6550If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6551fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6552Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6553debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6554./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6555@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6556
25822942 6557When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6558@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6559gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6560in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6561gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6562
6563If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6564you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6565routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6566@kbd{M-.}
6567
25822942 6568Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6569have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6570
6571@section Submitting Patches
6572
56caf160 6573@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6574Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6575@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6576Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6577changes.
6578
25822942
DB
6579The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6580This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6581
6582If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6583or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6584with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6585
56caf160 6586@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6587The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6588copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6589of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6590standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6591and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6592owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6593changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6594etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6595contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6596bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6597this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6598since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6599
6600Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6601feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6602Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6603header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6604each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6605needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6606@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6607single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6608
6609In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6610sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6611If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6612out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6613
9e0b60a8
JM
6614The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6615install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6616or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6617will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6618The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6619the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6620being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6621tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6622the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6623acceptable.
6624
6625If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6626of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6627installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6628reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6629complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6630they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6631permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6632be for quite some time.
c906108c 6633
56caf160 6634Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6635@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6636
6637@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6638@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6639
25822942 6640Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6641configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6642should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6643
6644@table @code
c906108c
SS
6645@item STACK_END_ADDR
6646This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6647in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6648core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6649gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6650files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6651and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6652
6653Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6654is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6655
c906108c
SS
6656@end table
6657
bcd7e15f 6658@include observer.texi
2154891a 6659@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6660@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6661@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6662
56caf160
EZ
6663@node Index
6664@unnumbered Index
6665
6666@printindex cp
6667
c906108c 6668@bye
This page took 0.744865 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.